[latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1080 - in trunk: . latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/l [more]
Karl Berry
INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua
Wed Jan 26 19:23:48 CET 2022
Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:23:47 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1080
Added:
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
Modified:
trunk/ChangeLog
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
trunk/latex2e.dbk
trunk/latex2e.dvi
trunk/latex2e.html
trunk/latex2e.info
trunk/latex2e.pdf
trunk/latex2e.txt
trunk/latex2e.xml
trunk/mirroring.html
trunk/writing.html
Log:
January 2022 release
Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
January 2022 release to CTAN.
* NEWS: update.
+ * mirroring.html,
+ * writing.html: use https, $Date.
+
2022-01-26 Karl Berry <karl at freefriends.org>
* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
@@ -168,7 +171,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -283,7 +286,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -296,7 +299,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -410,7 +413,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -419,11 +422,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -537,7 +540,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -546,11 +549,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -664,7 +667,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -673,11 +676,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -791,7 +794,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -800,11 +803,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -918,7 +921,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -927,11 +930,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1045,7 +1048,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1054,11 +1057,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1172,7 +1175,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1181,11 +1184,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1299,7 +1302,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1308,11 +1311,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1426,7 +1429,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1435,11 +1438,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1562,11 +1565,11 @@
Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
it.
- (lrbox): Typoes.
+ (lrbox): Typos.
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
2021-10-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1667,7 +1670,7 @@
@code{...}-ification.
(\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Suppress
\DeclareTextCommandDefault from index. Some rewording. Add
- \DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typoes.
+ \DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typos.
(\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault): @noindent
inserted.
(\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault)
@@ -1739,16 +1742,16 @@
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi: Complete propagation of Jim's r631.
- (picture): Typoes. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3,
+ (picture): Typos. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3,
lR -> LR, menu descriptions.
(\put, \multiput): Propagate Jim's r631.
- (\qbezier): Typoes.
+ (\qbezier): Typos.
(\line): Rename xpente ypente to x_avance, y_monte, to stick to
the English original. Remove extra indexation of pict2e as in my
r994.
(\linethickness): Add some references as in my r994.
(\thinlines, \thicklines): Propagate Jim's r631.
- (\circle): Typoes.
+ (\circle): Typos.
(\oval): @dfn{...}-ize word oval as in my r994. Propagate Jim's
r631.
(\shortstack): Propagate Jim's r631.
@@ -1767,7 +1770,7 @@
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typoes. Align on English, notably
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typos. Align on English, notably
Karl's r504.
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1776,7 +1779,7 @@
``\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}'' --- as per Jim's r908
Rename ``\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol'' to ``\UseTextSymbol &
\UseTextAccent''
- (Font styles): Typoes.
+ (Font styles): Typos.
(minipage): Add argument ``{\columnwidth}'' --- as per Jim's r908
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1814,7 +1817,7 @@
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (Counters): Add index entry for each standard
- counter. Typoes on standard counter names.
+ counter. Typos on standard counter names.
2021-08-25 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1855,7 +1858,7 @@
\ignorespacesafterend'' & ``xspace package''.
(\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, xspace package): and &
translate these nodes.
- (Footnote parameters): typoes.
+ (Footnote parameters): typos.
(Footnote parameters, \mathstrut, \strut): Add ``\'etai'' --- ie
strut --- to index.
@@ -2031,7 +2034,7 @@
2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (\mbox & \makebox): align on English. Plus some
- typoes correction.
+ typos correction.
2021-08-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2255,7 +2258,7 @@
2021-08-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (fontenc package): Translate the node to French.
- (list): typoes.
+ (list): typos.
(\@@ ): Translate the node to French.
2021-08-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2414,7 +2417,7 @@
2020-12-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi: Few typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi: Few typos.
* NEWS-fr: Delivery note December 2020 French delivery to CTAN.
@@ -2481,7 +2484,7 @@
* latex2e.texi (verbatim): Explain why it cannot be used within a
macro argument. Forward reference to CTAN node.
- * latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typos.
(verbatim): Align on English.
2020-12-24 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2548,7 +2551,7 @@
separator, but for English it also make the column alignment
easier.
- * latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typos.
(minipage): Fix translation, do not use inches (French people
don't understand what it means). Fix the neighbourhood population
example.
@@ -2670,7 +2673,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (\ref): typo, ``item'' duplicate word
removal. Reported by Denis Bitouz\'e.
- (figure): Typoes.
+ (figure): Typos.
2020-12-08 Karl Berry <karl at freefriends.org>
@@ -2798,7 +2801,7 @@
2020-09-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi: Finalize propagating Jim's r649, notably
- include article template. Fix lots of typoes.
+ include article template. Fix lots of typos.
* latex2e.texi: Insert a comma after @xref{...} wherever
applicable.
@@ -2870,7 +2873,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (minipage): Re-align on English translation.
- * latex2e.texi (minipage): Typoes + insert a few TODO comments.
+ * latex2e.texi (minipage): Typos + insert a few TODO comments.
2020-07-124 Jim Hefferon <jim at joshua.smcvt.edu>
@@ -3050,7 +3053,7 @@
2020-04-16 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typos.
(\write): Clarify example comment, \og courant\fg \rightarrow \og racine\fg.
(\wlog): Suppress spurious space in example.
(\write18): Translate node with fixing statement on \jobname.
@@ -3086,11 +3089,11 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (\include & \includeonly): Complete translation.
- * latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typoes.
+ * latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typos.
2020-04-06 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typos.
* latex2e.texi (Sectioning): Fix \og secnumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg
@@ -3109,7 +3112,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (Top, Front/back matter): Change \og Front/back
matter\fg translation to \og Parties pr\'e/post-liminaires\fg.
- (CTAN): Typoes.
+ (CTAN): Typos.
(Document classes): Refresh translation.
(\part): Translate node.
(\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph): Typo.
@@ -3156,7 +3159,7 @@
* latex2e.texi (\endinput): clarify \og during mailing\fg.
(Table of contents etc.): Move package index reference to the
concerned paragaph.
- (\openin & \openout): Typoes.
+ (\openin & \openout): Typos.
(\read): \og\file\fg \rightarrow \og\recipient file\fg
(\write): \og at code{\ldots}\fg \rightarrow \og at var{\ldots}\fg.
(\write): typo.
@@ -3282,7 +3285,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (\@@startsection): \og scenumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg where applicable.
(Class and package commands): Translate index entries.
(figure): \og figure\fg \rightarrow \og figure*\fg.
- (list): Typoes.
+ (list): Typos.
(quotation & quote): Typo.
(Color): Translate menu entry.
(Commands for color): Translate node.
@@ -3336,7 +3339,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (trivlist): typo.
(\linethickness): typo
- (tabular): typoes.
+ (tabular): typos.
(\newcommand & \renewcommand): use @var{\ldots}.
(\parbox): Re-align French on English version.
(Color package options): progress translation.
@@ -4071,7 +4074,7 @@
2017-10-03 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Typo.
- (quotation and quote): Typoes.
+ (quotation and quote): Typos.
2017-08-24 Karl Berry <karl at freefriends.org>
@@ -4104,7 +4107,7 @@
2017-08-09 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * NEWS-fr: Typoes.
+ * NEWS-fr: Typos.
* Makefile.1: Add common.texi to the list of files to be zipped
into distribution.
@@ -4126,7 +4129,7 @@
* NEWS-fr: svn propset keywords to Id for leading timestap to be
uptodate
- * README-fr: Typoes. Extend the leading English part fo the French
+ * README-fr: Typos. Extend the leading English part fo the French
readme to comply with CTAN requirements.
2017-08-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -4179,7 +4182,7 @@
as \@@startsection and how \section keeps is standard calling form
when redefined. heading -> title for consistency. @code{}-ify
class names, book, report & article. Use anchor to
- secnumdepth. Typoes. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully
+ secnumdepth. Typos. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully
hbox in example by not repeating explanations in examplified LaTeX
comments, rather make a simple link. style [...] file -> package
[...] file. redefined [...] sectional units -> redefined [...]
@@ -4468,7 +4471,7 @@
(Cross references, \label, abstract): Same changes as in
latex2e.texi.
(Cross references, \label, \pageref, \ref): Take Jim's rev481
- edits + fix some typoes.
+ edits + fix some typos.
(\includeonly): Fix typo.
* Makefile.1: Add check-license-<lang> targets to check that the
@@ -4483,12 +4486,12 @@
license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's.
(dircategory): fix `LaTeX2e-fr' -> `latex2e-fr'
(throughout document): Use proper unbreakable space before colons.
- (tabular, \newtheorem): typoes.
- (\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument + typoes.
- (\cc): typoes + add example from latex2e.texi
+ (tabular, \newtheorem): typos.
+ (\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument + typos.
+ (\cc): typos + add example from latex2e.texi
(\closing): typo.
- (\signature): Typoes, translate @var name.
- (Command line): Typoes.
+ (\signature): Typos, translate @var name.
+ (Command line): Typos.
* latex2e.texi: Restore license text without @inclusion of
license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's.
@@ -4709,19 +4712,19 @@
package variable @var{paquo} in the synopsis description.
(\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align description on latest
latex2e.texi by @code{...}-ifying all the occurrence of
- `\@var{cmd}'. Fix typoes.
+ `\@var{cmd}'. Fix typos.
(\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): nargs starting from 0
- rather than from 1. Fix typoes. `argument positionnel' ->
+ rather than from 1. Fix typos. `argument positionnel' ->
`param\`etre positionnel'.
(Reserved characters): `\backslash' -> `\textbackslash' in the
- @findex in accordance with description. Fix typoes.
+ @findex in accordance with description. Fix typos.
2016-04-12 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
* latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Top): Make version under quotes to
avoid incorrect French ``de Avril 2016'' or ``du Avril 2016''
instead of ``d'Avril 2016''.
- (Document classes): Typoes.
+ (Document classes): Typos.
* latex2e-{es,fr}.texi (top comment): Update dates in copyright
notice up to 2016.
@@ -4738,7 +4741,7 @@
* latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Output files, Using BibTeX):
Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment
by Petra R\"ube-Pugliese.
- (Output files, Using BibTeX): Typoes.
+ (Output files, Using BibTeX): Typos.
* latex2e.texi (top comment, Output files): Replace CTAN central
server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra
@@ -4815,10 +4818,10 @@
environment by a call to this macro.
* latex2e-fr.texi: Same as latex2e.texi.
- (filecontents): Typoes.
+ (filecontents): Typos.
(table): Typo (table evironment name mistakenly translated to
French).
- (\\): Typoes.
+ (\\): Typos.
(\enlargethispage): translate cindex entry to French.
* latex2e-es.texi: Same as latex2e.texi.
@@ -4901,11 +4904,11 @@
2016-03-08 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typoe in `Modes' menu entry.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typo in `Modes' menu entry.
(eqnarray): `or' -> `ou'.
(Math symbols): Progress translation of this node + same changes
as in latex2e.texi.
- (Modes): Typoes + same changes as in latex2e.texi.
+ (Modes): Typos + same changes as in latex2e.texi.
(\ensuremath): new node.
(\(SPACE) and \@@): `guillemet anglais' -> `guillemet-apostrophe'.
(Text symbols): Progess translation of this node + same changes as
@@ -5043,7 +5046,7 @@
(\addtocontents): Translate this node.
(Glossaries): Translate this node.
(Indexes): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi.
- (Letters): Typoes. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete
+ (Letters): Typos. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete
translation with same edits as in latex2e.texi.
(\address): Translate this node.
(\cc): Translate this node.
@@ -5127,7 +5130,7 @@
2016-01-27 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typoes.
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typos.
(Subscripts & superscripts): Typo.
(Math functions): Translate this node to French.
(Math accents): Translate this node to French.
@@ -5294,7 +5297,7 @@
@example... at end~example.
* latex2e-fr.texi (Output files): Typo.
- (tabular): Typoes.
+ (tabular): Typos.
(\newcommand & \renewcommand): Typo. Introduce the concept of positional parameter.
(\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Complete the translation
and make the same text improvements as in latex2e.texi.
@@ -5853,7 +5856,7 @@
concerning \parindent length.
* latex2e-fr.texi (Tables of contents): Translation of this node.
- (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typoes.
+ (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typos.
2015-08-03 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
@@ -5882,10 +5885,12 @@
2015-07-30 Vincent Bela\"iche <vincent.belaiche at gmail.com>
- * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for "Making paragraphs"
+ * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for
+ "Making paragraphs"
(itemize): typo, remove left-over English word "dash"
- (Making paragraphs): typoes.
- (\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these nodes.
+ (Making paragraphs): typos.
+ (\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these
+ nodes.
* latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Correct -- for --- for en-dash
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
\textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\
\textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{%
- Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+ Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
\end{tabular}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
@@ -164,8 +164,11 @@
\end{center}
</pre></div>
+<span id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></span>
+<span id="index-tablefootnote-package"></span>
+
<p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="table.html"><code>table</code></a>), use the
-<samp>tablefootnote</samp> package.
+<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example">\usepackage{tablefootnote} % in preamble
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -1668,6 +1668,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html">picture</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
@@ -1860,7 +1861,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
@@ -2259,6 +2260,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
@@ -2282,6 +2284,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
@@ -2349,6 +2352,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html">picture</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cps.html#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cps.html">\ps</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -2466,8 +2470,8 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewlength.html#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewlength.html">\newlength</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar"><code>sloppypar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code>sloppypar</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
@@ -2548,6 +2552,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-tablefootnote-package"><code>tablefootnote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="article-template.html#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="article-template.html">article template</a></td></tr>
@@ -2697,6 +2702,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr-package"><code>xr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code>xr-hyper</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
</table>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@
\end{minipage}
</pre></div>
-<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (see <a href="_005chfill.html"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="_005cvfill.html"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
+<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
+<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>. The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones. Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(see <a href="_005chfill.html"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="_005cvfill.html"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
</p>
<p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
<p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <samp>amssymb</samp> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
+<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>). New
documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code>\Box</code><a href='#index-_005cBox' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code>\bullet</code><a href='#index-_005cbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code>\complement</code><a href='#index-_005ccomplement' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>∁, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used:
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
<code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code>\Diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cDiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code>\diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
<dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code>\lhd</code><a href='#index-_005clhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
following operator (relation).
</p>
<p>Many negated operators are available that don’t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
+particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
</p>
</dd>
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code>\restriction</code><a href='#index-_005crestriction' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>↾, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code>\revemptyset</code><a href='#index-_005crevemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
<dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code>\rhd</code><a href='#index-_005crhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code>\sqsubset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>⊏, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code>\sqsubseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code>\sqsupset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupset' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>⊐, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code>\sqsupseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -1037,21 +1037,21 @@
<dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code>\triangleleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleleft' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>◁ Not-filled triangle pointing left
(binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+should load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
is a relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code>\triangleright</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right
(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code>\unlhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunlhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</p>
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
<dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code>\unrhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunrhd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</p>
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@
<dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code>\upharpoonright</code><a href='#index-_005cupharpoonright' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>↾, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
(relation). Synonym: <code>\restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code>\uplus</code><a href='#index-_005cuplus' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code>\vanothing</code><a href='#index-_005cvanothing' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>∅, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code>\varphi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarphi' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -118,78 +118,91 @@
<dl compact="compact">
<dt id='index-pt'><span><code>pt</code><a href='#index-pt' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><span id="index-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units
-is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm.
+<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-pica'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pica' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pc"></span>
+<dt id='index-pc'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-pica"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-in'><span><code>in</code><a href='#index-in' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><span id="index-inch"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
+<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
</p>
</dd>
<dt id='index-bp'><span><code>bp</code><a href='#index-bp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
<dd><span id="index-big-point"></span>
+<span id="index-PostScript-point"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-centimeter'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-centimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter
+<dt id='index-mm'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-mm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-millimeter'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-millimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-mm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter
+<dt id='index-cm'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-cm' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter, 10 mm
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-didot-point'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-didot-point' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dd"></span>
+<dt id='index-dd'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-dd' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-cicero'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cicero' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cc"></span>
+<dt id='index-cc'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cc' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd
</p>
</dd>
-<dt id='index-scaled-point'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-scaled-point' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-sp"></span>
+<dt id='index-sp'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-sp' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span>
<span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
+<p>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code>ex</code><a href='#index-ex-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
<span id="index-ex"></span>
-<span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
-<span id="index-ex-1"></span>
-<span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
-<span id="index-em"></span>
-<span id="index-em-1"></span>
-<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="Lengths_002fen"></span><span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><span id="units-of-length-en"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font. The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
+<span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>). Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes. For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
</p>
-<span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
-<span id="index-mu"></span>
-<p>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<em>mu</em> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family. See <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code>em</code><a href='#index-em-1' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
+<span id="index-em"></span>
+<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><p>Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths. This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
+have 1em = 10pt. LaTeX has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a href="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html"><code>\enspace</code> & <code>\quad</code> & <code>\qquad</code></a>).
</p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-mu'><span><code>mu</code><a href='#index-mu' class='copiable-anchor'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mu"></span><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <em>mu</em>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family. See <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes. For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</p>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
<p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
</p>
-<p>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<p>This example declares that all files with names of the form
<samp>filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
input the file.
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@
</pre></div>
<p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
</p>
<p>These are accented ‘<samp>e</samp>’ characters.
</p>
@@ -131,7 +131,8 @@
\accent23 e
</pre></div>
-<p>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<p>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
</p>
<p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
- \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+ \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
</pre></div>
<p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
- \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+ \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
</pre></div>
<p>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@
<pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
</pre></div>
-<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. The <var>number</var>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in LuaLaTeX
-<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255).
+<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it. In most engines,
+the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
+LuaLaTeX, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
</p>
<p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading.
</p>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
</p>
</dd>
<dt><span><code>empty</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The header and footer is empty.
+<dd><p>The header and footer are both empty.
</p>
</dd>
<dt><span><code>headings</code></span></dt>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
<p>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
the box’s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
be height+depth. For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
box has both height and depth.}}</code>.
</p>
<p>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -141,10 +141,8 @@
<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
then you get an error like ‘<samp>Undefined control sequence. <argument>
\sepcindent</samp>’. If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. <to be
-read again> \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>’
+then you get an error like ‘<samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>’.
</p>
-
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
</head>
<body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</h1>
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
<span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
<p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
</p>
<div class="Contents_element" id="SEC_Contents">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html 2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html 2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
text was directly copied.)
Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description"